Wikimedia talk:Babel

<mediawiki xmlns="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/ http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11.xsd" version="0.11" xml:lang="en">
  <siteinfo>
    <sitename>Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki</sitename>
    <dbname>foundationwiki</dbname>
    <base>https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Home</base>
    <generator>MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.17</generator>
    <case>first-letter</case>
    <namespaces>
      <namespace key="-2" case="first-letter">Media</namespace>
      <namespace key="-1" case="first-letter">Special</namespace>
      <namespace key="0" case="first-letter" />
      <namespace key="1" case="first-letter">Talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="2" case="first-letter">User</namespace>
      <namespace key="3" case="first-letter">User talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="4" case="first-letter">Wikimedia</namespace>
      <namespace key="5" case="first-letter">Wikimedia talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="6" case="first-letter">File</namespace>
      <namespace key="7" case="first-letter">File talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="8" case="first-letter">MediaWiki</namespace>
      <namespace key="9" case="first-letter">MediaWiki talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="10" case="first-letter">Template</namespace>
      <namespace key="11" case="first-letter">Template talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="12" case="first-letter">Help</namespace>
      <namespace key="13" case="first-letter">Help talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="14" case="first-letter">Category</namespace>
      <namespace key="15" case="first-letter">Category talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="100" case="first-letter">Resolution</namespace>
      <namespace key="101" case="first-letter">Resolution talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="102" case="first-letter">Legal</namespace>
      <namespace key="103" case="first-letter">Legal talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="104" case="first-letter">Minutes</namespace>
      <namespace key="105" case="first-letter">Minutes talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="106" case="first-letter">Policy</namespace>
      <namespace key="107" case="first-letter">Policy talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="108" case="first-letter">Endowment</namespace>
      <namespace key="109" case="first-letter">Endowment talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="110" case="first-letter">Agenda</namespace>
      <namespace key="111" case="first-letter">Agenda talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="112" case="first-letter">Archive</namespace>
      <namespace key="113" case="first-letter">Archive talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="114" case="first-letter">Memory</namespace>
      <namespace key="115" case="first-letter">Memory talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="116" case="first-letter">Committee</namespace>
      <namespace key="117" case="first-letter">Committee talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="460" case="case-sensitive">Campaign</namespace>
      <namespace key="461" case="case-sensitive">Campaign talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="710" case="first-letter">TimedText</namespace>
      <namespace key="711" case="first-letter">TimedText talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="828" case="first-letter">Module</namespace>
      <namespace key="829" case="first-letter">Module talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="1198" case="first-letter">Translations</namespace>
      <namespace key="1199" case="first-letter">Translations talk</namespace>
    </namespaces>
  </siteinfo>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia talk:Babel</title>
    <ns>5</ns>
    <id>739</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592634</id>
      <parentid>592631</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy */ Reply</comment>
      <origin>592634</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11377" sha1="abdvkdo31nor2q2ymxotifync2pfizz" xml:space="preserve">{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{Tunit|1=1|2={{If English|1=Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Babel|2={{int|Babel-text}}}}}}|3=Template:Babel header}}{{User:LincolnBot/archiveconfig
|archive = Wikimedia talk:Babel/Archive %(counter)d
|algo = old(180d)
|counter = 2
|maxarchivesize = 150K
|archiveheader = {{talk archive}}
|minthreadstoarchive = 1
|minthreadsleft = 5
}}{{Babel header}}

== WIKIPEDIA MODERN RESTYLING AND REFRESHING ==

Hi Wikipedia and Wikimedia content creators and readers, I wanted to create this topic discussion, asking about a modern and refreshing restyling of Wikipedia layout, which I think its too classic. Considering we are in 2026, I think Wikipedia needs a good modern layout, like other social or news apps. Thanks a lot for your attention [[User:Andre il sommo|Andre il sommo]] ([[User talk:Andre il sommo|talk]]) 11:17, 2 February 2026 (UTC)

:@[[User:Andre il sommo|Andre il sommo]] Hello, you may submit your suggestion through the [[:m:Community_Wishlist|Community Wishlist]]. [[User:SCP-2000|SCP-2000]] ([[User talk:SCP-2000|talk]]) 15:02, 2 February 2026 (UTC)

== [[Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Non-Discrimination Policy]] ==

Like with [[TAIV]], could someone create a shortcut for this? [[NDP]] isn't taken. [[User:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#c56030;background:inherit;&quot;&gt;lp0&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;fire&lt;/span&gt;]]&amp;nbsp;[[User talk:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#64cea0;background:inherit&quot;&gt;()&lt;/span&gt;]] 12:30, 22 February 2026 (UTC)

:Actually, it might be better to make a redirect to [[Resolution:Nondiscrimination]] since the policy page is only about employees and contractors, whereas the resolution also applies to all editors so is much more likely to be linked to. Not sure what a good redirect would be; maybe just [[Nondiscrimination]] in mainspace? [[User:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#c56030;background:inherit;&quot;&gt;lp0&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;fire&lt;/span&gt;]]&amp;nbsp;[[User talk:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#64cea0;background:inherit&quot;&gt;()&lt;/span&gt;]] 13:05, 22 February 2026 (UTC)
::What do you imagine the use cases being? The redirect would need to be to the policy. The resolution created the initial version of the policy, but it has since been updated. The [[UCoC]] addresses the community. --[[User:GVarnum-WMF|Gregory Varnum (Wikimedia Foundation) [he/him]]] ([[User talk:GVarnum-WMF|talk]]) 03:17, 25 February 2026 (UTC)
:::Hello, it's quite possible I've misunderstood the scope of the resolution. The policy seems to apply exclusively to WMF staff and contractors, but I was under the impression that resolutions are also binding, and this resolution contains very broad statements about discriminating agains {{tq|all prospective users and employees}}; I believe that has relevance on-wiki; for example if an admin blocks someone for discriminatory reasons that are in line with local policy, it's much easier to argue they've violated the nondiscrimination resolution than the UCoC. Forgive me if I've completely misunderstood the situation. [[User:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#c56030;background:inherit;&quot;&gt;lp0&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;fire&lt;/span&gt;]]&amp;nbsp;[[User talk:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#64cea0;background:inherit&quot;&gt;()&lt;/span&gt;]] 08:00, 25 February 2026 (UTC)
::::@[[User:Lp0 on fire|Lp0 on fire]]: The resolution is binding in that it created the first version of that policy. The resolution on the [[Resolution:Delegation of policy-making authority|Delegation of policy-making authority]] allows for the CEO to make updates to policies in addition to the board's ability to make updates. As such, the update made to the policy [https://foundation.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Policy:Wikimedia_Foundation_Non-Discrimination_Policy&amp;diff=prev&amp;oldid=110587 in March 2017] by the Legal department replaces the version of the policy introduced in the initial resolution. There are a number of updates routinely made to policies for a wide range of legal or governance related reasons. Only the most recent version of any given policy takes precedence - it would be rather confusing and difficult to navigate if we had to enforce every version of every policy. So, the resolution serves as a historical document on the initial creation of the policy, but the version of the policy included within the resolution has been replaced by an updated version. That is why our policies are maintained separately from resolutions as they require updates, whereas resolutions represent a specific moment of time and not meant to be updated (beyond basic copyedit or link maintenance). I hope that helps clarify why the version of the nondiscrimination policy within that resolution is more of a historical/governance document and not the actual currently enforced version of the policy. --[[User:GVarnum-WMF|Gregory Varnum (Wikimedia Foundation) [he/him]]] ([[User talk:GVarnum-WMF|talk]]) 18:55, 10 March 2026 (UTC)
:::::Thanks for clarifying. Sounds like this will be a lot less helpful than I thought. [[User:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#c56030;background:inherit;&quot;&gt;lp0&amp;nbsp;on&amp;nbsp;fire&lt;/span&gt;]]&amp;nbsp;[[User talk:lp0 on fire|&lt;span style=&quot;color:#64cea0;background:inherit&quot;&gt;()&lt;/span&gt;]] 19:14, 10 March 2026 (UTC)

== [[Special:AbuseFilter/2]] ==

Please modify that filter's conditions for performance (page_id as the first, user_rights as the last):
&lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&quot;perl&quot;&gt;
page_id == 0 &amp;
!equals_to_any(page_namespace, 2, 3, 14, 1198) &amp;
new_size &lt; 100 &amp;
!added_lines irlike &quot;\{\{(?:interwiki|soft)[\s_]*redirect|#redirect&quot; &amp;
!contains_any(user_rights, &quot;autoconfirmed&quot;, &quot;edit-legal&quot;)
&lt;/syntaxhighlight&gt;
Thank you. [[User:Codename Noreste|Codename Noreste]] ([[User talk:Codename Noreste|talk]]) 02:43, 9 May 2026 (UTC)

:Ping @[[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)|Martin Urbanec (WMF)]] to please help with this. Thank you! [[User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Quiddity (WMF)|talk]]) 18:26, 10 May 2026 (UTC)
:{{done}} Thanks for the suggestion, @[[User:Codename Noreste|Codename Noreste]] and @[[User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] for the ping! [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)|Martin Urbanec (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Martin Urbanec (WMF)|talk]]) 18:54, 10 May 2026 (UTC)

== Forcing WMF employees to use Salesforce Inc is an ethical violation ==

Apparently ''(post deleted by the author)'' WMF has been, and still is, ''forcing'' WMF employees to use an [[w:enshittification|enshittified]] non-[[w:free and open-source software|FOSS]], non-community-controlled communicator [[w:Slack (software)|Slack]] owned by a 100-billion dollar US corporation [[w:Salesforce|Salesforce, Inc.]] for internal communication in relation to WMF work activities. If correct, then this is an ethical violation that is ''completely unacceptable''. We are not here to subsidise the concentration of power in the hands of authoritarian undemocratic organisations like Salesforce Inc.

According to the current consensus in the article [[w:Salesforce, Inc.|Salesforce, Inc.]], it even looks like Salesforce Inc. is supporting [[w:democratic backsliding in the United States|democratic backsliding in the United States]]: {{tq|In October 2025, Salesforce CEO Marc Benioff declared his avid support of Donald Trump and urged him to deploy the National Guard to San Francisco ... That same month, Salesforce pitched the [[:en:Second_presidency_of_Donald_Trump|Trump administration]] on ways that Salesforce's AI tools could help [[:en:United_States_Immigration_and_Customs_Enforcement|Immigration and Customs Enforcement]] (ICE) triple its staff to support the administration's [[:en:Deportation_in_the_second_Trump_administration|mass deportation campaign]].}}

Should the Wikimedia community accept that WMF employees are forced to support [[w:democratic backsliding in the United States|democratic backsliding in the United States]]? The answer is obvious: ''No!''

The #TyrannyOfConvenience (&quot;I can click without thinking and it works&quot;) is not an excuse for forcing Salesforce Inc/Slack on WMF employees. From a practical point of view, the [[w:matrix (protocol)|matrix protocol]], which is being [https://www.theregister.com/on-prem/2026/02/09/matrix-messaging-gaining-ground-in-government-it/4663932 switched to] by the [[w:International Criminal Court|International Criminal Court]] via [[w:ZenDiS|ZenDiS]], is available to all French civil servants [[fr:LaSuite|in Tchap chat and Visio videoconferencing]], and [https://element.io/blog/unicc-selects-element-for-secure-communications is being used] by the [[w:United Nations International Computing Centre|United Nations International Computing Centre]], has plenty of FOSS server software and client software available, and for situations that need high levels of confidentiality, is very likely more secure than Slack, because [[w:security by obscurity|security by obscurity]] {{tq|is discouraged and not recommended by standards bodies}}. There are non-{{Q|Q58821126}}-run matrix-protocol servers listed at https://servers.joinmatrix.org, and WMF techies could quite easily run a matrix homeserver with account creation restricted to WMF Board/employees only; this would allow self-managed communication both internally to WMF and externally, just like email.

{{ping|Laurentius}} and other Board members: Could you please tell us when the WMF is planning for a transition from Slack to an ethically acceptable communicator such as one using the [[w:matrix (protocol)|matrix protocol]]? [[User:Boud|Boud]] ([[User talk:Boud|talk]]) 09:17, 17 May 2026 (UTC) ''(edit: clarify that a Fediverse post was deleted [[User:Boud|Boud]] ([[User talk:Boud|talk]]) 15:24, 17 May 2026 (UTC))''

:See also the relevant discussion [[:en:Wikipedia:Village_pump_(WMF)#Forcing_WMF_employees_to_use_Salesforce_Inc_is_an_ethical_violation]]. [[User:SCP-2000|SCP-2000]] ([[User talk:SCP-2000|talk]]) 11:06, 26 May 2026 (UTC)

== Request to remove admin rights from Brooke Vibber (WMF) ==

Please remove administrator rights from {{user|Brooke Vibber (WMF)}}; they no longer work for the Wikimedia Foundation. Thank you. [[User:Codename Noreste|Codename Noreste]] ([[User talk:Codename Noreste|talk]]) 20:01, 15 June 2026 (UTC)

:{{Done}}. Thanks. [[User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Quiddity (WMF)|talk]]) 22:20, 15 June 2026 (UTC)

== [[Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy]] ==

Section 7.3. is not being rendered in wikitext.

; Current page
&lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&quot;wikitext&quot; line class=&quot;nowiki&quot; style=&quot;width:fit-content;&quot;&gt;
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;tr&gt;&lt;!--T꞉167--&gt;
7.3 Questions&lt;/tr&gt; ===
&lt;/syntaxhighlight&gt;
; What should be like…
&lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&quot;wikitext&quot; line class=&quot;nowiki&quot; style=&quot;width:fit-content;&quot;&gt;
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;tr&gt;&lt;!--T꞉167--&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/tr&gt; ===
&lt;/syntaxhighlight&gt;

In short, section title cannot be split over linebreaks(&lt;kbd&gt;Enter&lt;/kbd&gt;). Remove the extra line from the page, and the section will finally become a section. :)

'''Do not copypaste''' the above code snippet: I had to replace &lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt; with &lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;, to suppress Translate extension claiming there is &quot;translation unit markers in unexpected position&quot;. &amp;mdash;&amp;nbsp;regards, [[User:Revi C.|&lt;span style=&quot;color:green;font-family:Courier new, serif;font-variant:small-caps&quot;&gt;Revi&lt;/span&gt;]] 07:52, 28 August 2026 (UTC)

:{{done}} [[User:Minorax|Minorax]] ([[User talk:Minorax|talk]]) 13:33, 28 August 2026 (UTC)</text>
      <sha1>abdvkdo31nor2q2ymxotifync2pfizz</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Advisory board/fr</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>5376</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592673</id>
      <parentid>592128</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592673</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3047" sha1="4o1l7c1x92g8ryloy37cys62uqqnv0t" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = advisory board
 |year = 2006
 |status = passed
 |title = Conseil consultatif
 |notes = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This resolution authorizing the creation of an [[Archive:Advisory Board|Advisory Board]] was approved by vote (3 supports, 2 missing) on 31 July 2006.&lt;/span&gt;
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Considérant que le conseil considère qu'un groupe consultatif pourrait être un complément énorme à l'efficacité du conseil d'administration officiel, du comité et du personnel,
&lt;/div&gt;

Il est décidé par la présente résolution que : Le conseil d'administration accepte de créer un conseil consultatif pour servir de complément précieux au personnel et au conseil d'administration. Le conseil consultatif est un groupe d'individus, désigné par le conseil d'administration dans le but d'offrir des conseils et du soutien sur un large éventail de questions concernant la fondation Wikimedia.

Ces questions sont susceptibles d'inclure des secteurs tels que les partenariats, les relations publiques, le financement, la technologie, l'administration, les sujets internationaux et plus.

Nomination : la nomination devrait être faite avec une majorité de soutiens des membres du conseil d'administration. Les nominations doivent viser à mettre en place un conseil consultatif bien équilibré qui puisse être employé efficacement pour apporter un certain nombre d'avantages importants, parmi lesquels : Contacts, expertise, perspectives, prestige, initiatives stratégiques, investissements financiers.

Fonctions du conseil consultatif : Le conseil consultatif ne sera  généralement pas impliqué dans les questions qui touchent à  l'administration de l'organisation à but non lucratif et devrait, en règle générale laisser de tels sujets au conseil (conseil d'administration). Néanmoins il appartiendra au conseil et au conseiller consultatif  de convenir de la gamme et de l'ampleur des fonctions à exécuter par le conseiller consultatif. Chaque membre du conseil consultatif devrait recevoir une charte énonçant ce que l'on attend de sa participation à l'organisation.

Compensation : Les membres du conseil consultatif ne seront pas financièrement compensés pour leur activité.

Durée de service : Les conseillers consultatifs seront nommés par le conseil d'administration pour un an, le renouvellement étant possible.

=== {{int string|References}} ===
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolution:Board expansion committee|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Resolution:Board expansion committee&lt;/span&gt;]]

----

=== {{resolution|string=votes}} ===

{{resolution|string=Motion}} [[User:Anthere|Anthere]] 17:47, 26 June 2006 (UTC)

{{resolution|string=Seconded}} [[User:Angela|Angela]] 04:59, 27 June 2006 (UTC)

----

Michael -

Tim -

Jimmy - for --[[User:Jimbo Wales|Jimbo Wales]] 16:32, 31 July 2006 (UTC)

Angela - for [[User:Angela|Angela]] 04:59, 27 June 2006 (UTC)

Anthere - for [[User:Anthere|Anthere]] 06:44, 27 June 2006 (UTC)</text>
      <sha1>4o1l7c1x92g8ryloy37cys62uqqnv0t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>22922</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592633</id>
      <parentid>555513</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>fix</comment>
      <origin>592633</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="44457" sha1="dqccv64iev8j55xx3g17e5fl8pym4j6" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt; '''Trademark policy'''&lt;/translate&gt;&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:2--&gt; 1. Scope of policy&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt; 2. How to use the marks&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:4--&gt; 3. Free use&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:5--&gt; 4. Use with permission&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt; 5. Prohibited use&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:7--&gt; 6. Report violations&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:8--&gt; 7. Revisions and translations&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:9--&gt; 8. Purpose&lt;/translate&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
The [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;officialmarks&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;tmprotectionlink&quot;&gt;#FAQ-tmprotection&lt;/tvar&gt;|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;missionstatement&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement&lt;/tvar&gt;|mission]].

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
When readers see the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikipedialogo&quot;&gt;:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg&lt;/tvar&gt;|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikimedialogo&quot;&gt;:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg&lt;/tvar&gt;|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#why-use-purpose&lt;/tvar&gt;|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikilicenselink&quot;&gt;#QuickLicense&lt;/tvar&gt;|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikiwiki&quot;&gt;:wikt:wikiwiki&lt;/tvar&gt;|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/translate&gt;

'''&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:16--&gt; [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;policypurpose&quot;&gt;#trademark-purpose&lt;/tvar&gt;|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/translate&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:17--&gt; 1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:18--&gt; 1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:19--&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;nswordmarklink&quot;&gt;#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark&lt;/tvar&gt;|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;tradedresslink&quot;&gt;#FAQ-tradedress&lt;/tvar&gt;|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;officialmarks&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks&lt;/tvar&gt;|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; 1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;howtouselink&quot;&gt;#policy-howtouse&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;nopermissionlink&quot;&gt;#policy-whenuseinstantly&lt;/tvar&gt;|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;requirelicenselink&quot;&gt;#policy-specialpermission&lt;/tvar&gt;|require a trademark license]], or uses [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;underagreement&quot;&gt;#policy-wmorgs&lt;/tvar&gt;|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; 1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:24--&gt; 1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:26--&gt; 1.4.1 Community members&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:27--&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.

&lt;!--T:28--&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;missionstatement&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement&lt;/tvar&gt;|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;movementlink&quot;&gt;:m:Wikimedia movement&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;communitylogo&quot;&gt;:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;onsiteslink&quot;&gt;#policy-onwmsites&lt;/tvar&gt;|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;comfocusedlink&quot;&gt;#policy-communityfocused&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;outreachlink&quot;&gt;#policy-outreach&lt;/tvar&gt;|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;Wikilicenselink&quot;&gt;#QuickLicense&lt;/tvar&gt;|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;requirelicenselink&quot;&gt;#policy-domains&lt;/tvar&gt;|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; 1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;missionstatement&quot;&gt;Mission statement&lt;/tvar&gt;|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; 1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:32--&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.

&lt;!--T:33--&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; 1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:35--&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;missionstatement&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement&lt;/tvar&gt;|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:36--&gt; 2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:37--&gt;
Please follow the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;VIguidelines&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;withpermissionlink&quot;&gt;#policy-specialpermission&lt;/tvar&gt;|with]] or [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;withoutpermlink&quot;&gt;#policy-whenuseinstantly&lt;/tvar&gt;|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:38--&gt; 2.1 Proper form&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:39--&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikipediaversions&quot;&gt;:m:Wikipedia/Versions&lt;/tvar&gt;|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.

&lt;!--T:40--&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;logoremixes&quot;&gt;:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos&lt;/tvar&gt;|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.

&lt;!--T:41--&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:42--&gt; 2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:43--&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:

&lt;!--T:44--&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;officialmarks&quot;&gt;Wikimedia official marks&lt;/tvar&gt;|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;

&lt;!--T:45--&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;section34link&quot;&gt;#policy-communitylogo&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 3.4]].

&lt;!--T:46--&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;™&lt;/tvar&gt;) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;VIguidelines&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).

&lt;!--T:47--&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:48--&gt; 3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:49--&gt; 3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:50--&gt;
You may use and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;logosremix&quot;&gt;:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos&lt;/tvar&gt;|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:51--&gt; 3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:52--&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikicons&quot;&gt;:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon&lt;/tvar&gt;|WikiCons]].

&lt;!--T:53--&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;editathon&quot;&gt;{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}&lt;/tvar&gt;|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.

&lt;!--T:54--&gt;
[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;outeachglam&quot;&gt;outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM&lt;/tvar&gt;|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;Wikilicenselink&quot;&gt;#QuickLicense&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 4.1]].

&lt;!--T:237--&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:55--&gt; 3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:56--&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;editathonenwlink&quot;&gt;{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}&lt;/tvar&gt;|edit-a-thon]].

&lt;!--T:230--&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:233--&gt; 3.4 Community logo use&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:234--&gt;
The [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;communitylogo&quot;&gt;:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:74--&gt; 3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:75--&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;applewiktionarylink&quot;&gt;:wikt:apple&lt;/tvar&gt;|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;facebookwiktionarylink&quot;&gt;:wikt:facebook&lt;/tvar&gt;|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:76--&gt; 3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:77--&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:78--&gt; A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{lwp|Coal ball}}&lt;/tvar&gt;| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:79--&gt; A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:90--&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;VIguidelinelink&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:80--&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:81--&gt; 3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:82--&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:83--&gt; 3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:84--&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;communitylogolink&quot;&gt;#policy-communitylogo&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 3.4]].&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:85--&gt; 3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:86--&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.

&lt;!--T:87--&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;section4link&quot;&gt;#policy-specialpermission&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 4]].

&lt;!--T:88--&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:91--&gt; 3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:92--&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;Wikipediatshirtslink&quot;&gt;:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts&lt;/tvar&gt;|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikipediacakeslink&quot;&gt;:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes&lt;/tvar&gt;|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;VIguidelineslink&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;section46link&quot;&gt;#policy-commercialmerch&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 4.6]].&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:93--&gt; 4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:94--&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;section3link&quot;&gt;#policy-whenuseinstantly&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;section5link&quot;&gt;#policy-mirrors&lt;/tvar&gt;|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.

&lt;!--T:95--&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:96--&gt; 4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:97--&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;quicklicense&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License&lt;/tvar&gt;|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to &lt;tvar name=&quot;trademarksemail&quot;&gt;[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]&lt;/tvar&gt;. There is no need to wait for approval.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:100--&gt; 4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/translate&gt; ====

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:101--&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;licenselink&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License&lt;/tvar&gt;|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wmorgspolicylink&quot;&gt;#policy-wmorgs&lt;/tvar&gt;|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:102--&gt; 4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/translate&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:103--&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;licenselink&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM&lt;/tvar&gt;|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;outeachglam&quot;&gt;outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM&lt;/tvar&gt;|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wmorgspolicylink&quot;&gt;#policy-wmorgs&lt;/tvar&gt;|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.

&lt;!--T:104--&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikipedianinresidence&quot;&gt;{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;licenselink&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License&lt;/tvar&gt;|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:105--&gt; 4.2 Domain names&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:106--&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:107--&gt; 4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:108--&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:109--&gt; You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/translate&gt;
| content =
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:110--&gt; What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:111--&gt; Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:112--&gt; Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:113--&gt; Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:114--&gt; What is the topic of the event?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:115--&gt; The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:116--&gt; Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/translate&gt;
}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:117--&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:118--&gt; 4.4 Publications&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:229--&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;fairusepolicylink&quot;&gt;#policy-fairuse&lt;/tvar&gt;|fair]] or [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;nominativepolicylink&quot;&gt;#policy-nominativeuse&lt;/tvar&gt;|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:119--&gt; You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/translate&gt;
| content =
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:120--&gt; What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:121--&gt; Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:122--&gt; Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:123--&gt; For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:124--&gt; How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:125--&gt; Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:126--&gt; If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:127--&gt; Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:128--&gt; What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/translate&gt;
}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:129--&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:130--&gt; 4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:131--&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:132--&gt; You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/translate&gt;
| content =
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:133--&gt; What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:134--&gt; Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:135--&gt; The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:136--&gt; How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:137--&gt; Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:138--&gt; Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:139--&gt; How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/translate&gt;
}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:141--&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:140--&gt; 4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:142--&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:143--&gt; You obtain a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;licenselink&quot;&gt;:m:Trademark/Request a license form&lt;/tvar&gt;|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:144--&gt; You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:145--&gt; You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:146--&gt; 5 Prohibited uses&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:147--&gt; 5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:148--&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at &lt;tvar name=&quot;trademarksemail&quot;&gt;[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]&lt;/tvar&gt;.

&lt;!--T:149--&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;mediawiki&quot;&gt;:mw:MediaWiki&lt;/tvar&gt;|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;parodylink&quot;&gt;#policy-noncommercial&lt;/tvar&gt;|parody]].

&lt;!--T:150--&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:151--&gt; 5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:152--&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;linkstouslink&quot;&gt;#policy-linkstous&lt;/tvar&gt;|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:153--&gt; 5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:154--&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:155--&gt; 6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:156--&gt; 6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:157--&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;abuselink&quot;&gt;#FAQ-reportingabuse&lt;/tvar&gt;|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;tvar name=trademarksemail&gt;&lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt;. We really appreciate your help!&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:158--&gt; 6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:159--&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:160--&gt; 7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/translate&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:161--&gt; 7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:162--&gt; We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikimediaannounce&quot;&gt;//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l&lt;/tvar&gt; WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:163--&gt; For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [&lt;tvar name=&quot;wikimediannounce&quot;&gt;//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l&lt;/tvar&gt; WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:164--&gt; This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:165--&gt; 7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:166--&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:167--&gt; 7.3 Questions&lt;/translate&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:168--&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at &lt;tvar name=&quot;trademarksemail&quot;&gt;[mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]&lt;/tvar&gt; if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.&lt;/translate&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>dqccv64iev8j55xx3g17e5fl8pym4j6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/af</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>87944</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592635</id>
      <parentid>555515</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592635</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="44647" sha1="j4jhkfcalhlhoi57o8260xnyvrce44u" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Handelsmerk beleid'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Beleid omvang
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Hoe om die merke te gebruik
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. Vrye gebruike
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. Gebruike wat toestemming nodig het
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Verbode gebruike
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Rapportering van misbruike.
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Hersiening en vertalings
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Doel
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

Die [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia merke]] verteenwoordig vrye opvoedkundige inhoud, wat deur 'n open en gesamentlike proses ontwikkel is.
[[#FAQ-tmprotection|Handelsmerk beskerming]] versterk die verband tussen Wikimedia merke en die projekte wat hulle verteenwoordig. Die beskerming dien aan om te vrerseker dat die merke slegs vir aktiwiteite gebruik word wat ons [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|missie]] bevorder.

As lesers die [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|legkaart aardbol merk]] in die boonste linkerkantste hoek van 'n webblad sien, wat soos Wikipedia lyk, dan moet hulle seker kan wees dat hulle na neutrale, noemenswaardige en hoë kwaliteite inhoud kyk, wat die gevolg is van die streng en deursigtige redigering proses op Wikipedia. Net so ook, moet mense kan staatmaak op hulle indruk van Wikipedia betrokkenheid as hulle die [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Stigting merk]], of een van die Wikimedia logos, op webbladsye of produkte sien.

Die welwillendheid wat die Wikimedia merke ondersteun was geskep deur 'n produktiewe en passievolle vrywilliger gemeenskap. Die Wikimedia gemeenskap het die voorste aanlyn bron ontwikkel vir vrye opvoedkundige inhoud. Om die welwillendheid wat hulle geskep het te bewaar, het ons hierdie beleid volgens die gemeenskap se rigting voorberei. Die gevolglike beleid verseker dat alle gebruike van die merke ooreenstemmend is met ons missie, en die Wikimedia beweging bevorder.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}1.1 Die &quot;Wikimedia merke&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.2 &quot;Gebruik&quot; van die Wikimedia merke ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.3 &quot;Ons&quot; of die &quot;Wikimedia Stigting&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
Hierdie Beleid reguleer die gebruik van merke gehou deur die Wikimedia Stigting. Somtyds verwys hierdie Beleid eenvoudig na die Wikimedia Stigting as &quot;ons&quot;.
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.4 &quot;U&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>j4jhkfcalhlhoi57o8260xnyvrce44u</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/arz</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88348</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592636</id>
      <parentid>555514</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592636</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45406" sha1="jhhq77pl5ksjv24juaobggesfgoy350" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''سياسه العلامه التجاريه'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. نطاق السياسه
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>jhhq77pl5ksjv24juaobggesfgoy350</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/bg</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88356</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592637</id>
      <parentid>555517</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592637</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45467" sha1="klzgr55p3ge1dmi0us1rxghh8awb43k" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Политика за търговските марки'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1. Scope of policy&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>klzgr55p3ge1dmi0us1rxghh8awb43k</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/br</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88456</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592638</id>
      <parentid>555519</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592638</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45330" sha1="n8bjzr9dg5naxqd98wixr9v0q1b3zp3" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Trademark policy'''&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1. Scope of policy&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Penaos implijout ar verkoù
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Implij berzet
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Diskleriañ gwalladurioù
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>n8bjzr9dg5naxqd98wixr9v0q1b3zp3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/ca</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88472</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592639</id>
      <parentid>555520</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592639</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="44959" sha1="dkwebhqtez2oicjxv580vh9i3hd4au9" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Política de marques comercials'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Abast de la política
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Com utilitzar les marques
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. Ús lliure
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. Ús amb permís
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Ús prohibit
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Informar d'una infracció
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Revisions i traduccions
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Propòsit
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

Les [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|marques Wikimedia]] representen un contingut educatiu lliure i obert a col·laboracions. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|La protecció de marques]] reforça la connexió entre les marques Wikimedia i els projectes que representen. Aquesta protecció serveix per a garantir que les marques tansols són usades per a activitats que promocionen la nostra [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|missió]].

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Quan els lectors veuen el [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|logo de la Viquipèdia]] a la part superior esquerra d'una pàgina web, haurien de confiar en que estan mirant un contingut neutral, destacable i d'alta qualitat que és resultat del rigurós i transparent procès d'editar a la Viquipèdia. Igualment, la gent hauria de poder confiar en la seva impresió sobre la participació de Wikimedia quan veu la [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|marca de la Fundació]] o un dels logos Wikimedia en pàgines web o altres productes.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>dkwebhqtez2oicjxv580vh9i3hd4au9</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/diq</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88769</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592641</id>
      <parentid>555524</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592641</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45312" sha1="f3llybu0pczvi6tnued5bnzro2562yo" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Trademark policy'''&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1. Scope of policy&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.4 &quot;Tı&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}1.4.1 Ezay Şeylıgi ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.5 &quot;Wezife&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>f3llybu0pczvi6tnued5bnzro2562yo</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/el</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>88804</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592640</id>
      <parentid>555525</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592640</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="48153" sha1="sj9ce19zgvb1namtuddl8ye1sqpuyy6" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;Πολιτική χρησιμοποίησης των σημάτων&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1.Σκοπός της πολιτικής
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Πως να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σήματα
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3.Ελεύθερη χρήση
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4.Χρήση κατόπιν άδειας
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Απαγορευμένη χρήση
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Αναφορά παραβάσεων
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Αναθεωρήσεις και μεταφράσεις
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Σκοπός
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

Τα [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|σήματα του Wikimedia]] αντιπροσωπεύουν ελεύθερο περιεχόμενο εκπαιδευτικού χαρακτήρα και έχουν αναπτυχθεί μέσω ανοιχτής συνεργατικής διεργασίας. H [[#FAQ-tmprotection|προστασία των σημάτων]] ενισχύει την σύνδεση μεταξυ των σημάτων του Wikimedia και των έργων τα οποία αυτά αντιπροσωπεύουν. Η προστασία αποσκοπεί στην διασφάλιση της χρησιμοποίησης των σημάτων μόνο για δραστηριότητες που προωθούν την [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|αποστολή]] μας.

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Όταν οι αναγνώστες βλέπουν στην πάνω αριστερά γωνία μιας ιστοσελίδας που μοιάζει με τη Βικιπαίδεια το [:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]], θα πρέπει να νοιώθουν σίγουροι ότι κοιτούν ουδέτερο, αξιοσημείωτο και υψηλής ποιότητας περιεχόμενο, το οποιό είναι το αποτέλεσμα των σχολαστικών και διαφανών διεργασιών επεξεργασίας της Βικιπαίδειας. Παρομοίως, η ύπαρξη του [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|σήματος του οργανισμού]] ή κάποιου άλλου λογοτύπου του Wikimedia, πρέπει να δημιουργεί στους χρήστες αίσθημα εμπιστοσύνης ότι εμπλέκεται το Wikimedia.
&lt;/div&gt;

Η καλή θέληση που υποστηρίζει τα σήματα του Wikimedia είναι αποτέλεσμα της καρποφόρας και φλογερής κοινότητας των εθελοντών. Η κοινότητα του Wikimedia έχει αναπτύξει τη νούμερο ένα διαδικτυακή πηγή εκπαιδευτικού περιεχομένου. Προκειμένου να διασφαλίσουμε την καλή θέληση, έχει αναπτύχθει η ακόλουθη πολιτική χρησιμοποίησης σύμφωνα με τις κατευθύνσεις της κοινότητας. Η εν λόγω πολιτική διασφαλίζει ότι όλες οι περιπτώσεις χρησιμοποίησης των σημάτων συνάδουν με την αποστολή και προάγουν το κίνημα του Wikimedia.

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Η αποστολή μας του μοιράσματος της γνώσης, βασίζεται και προωθεί την ελευθερία του λόγου. Προκειμένου να διευκολυνθεί το μοίρασμα της γνώσης, η εν λόγω πολιτική χρησιμοποίησης σημάτων ασπάζεται [[#why-use-purpose|όλες τις νομοθετικές δικλείδες ελευθερίας του λόγου που θεσπίζονται σε νόμους προστασίας των σημάτων]] με τον ευρύτερο δυνατό τρόπο. Η πολιτική προστασίας σημάτων αποσκοπεί επίσης στην ελαχιστοποίηση των εμποδίων της αδειοδότησης σημάτων. Είμαστε ιδιαίτερα φιλελεύθεροι στο να εγκρίνουμε χρήσεις από την κοινότητα του Wikimedia οι οποίες σχετίζονται στενά με την αποστολή μας.
&lt;/div&gt;

Για να διευκολύνουμε περεταίρω τα μέλη της κοινότητας στο να χρησιμοποιήσουν τα σήματα, αυτή η πολιτική εισάγει κάποιες δημιουργικές λύσεις. Επιστρέπει στα μέλη της κοινότητας να χρησιμοποιούν τα σήματα του Wikimedia χωρίς άδιεα σήματος για δρώμενα που εστιάζουν στην κοινότητα του Wikimedia και σε εξωστρεφείς δράσεις. Η πολιτική επιπλέον εισάγει την ''[[#QuickLicense|Γρήγορη Άδεια]]'' για άλλες συνηθισμένες χρήστης, την οποία τα μέλη της κοινότητας μπορούν να συμπληρωσουν στα γρήγορα και να μας την αποστείλουν με email. Είναι πραγματικά [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!

'''[[#trademark-purpose|Διαβάστε περισσότερα σχετικά με το σκοπό της πολιτικής των σημάτων μας εδώ.]]'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]1 Πού έχει εφαρμογή αυτή η πολιτική; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}1.1 Τα «σήματα του Wikemedia» ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.2 &quot;Χρήση&quot; των σημάτων του Wikimedia ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
Η εν λόγω Πολιτική εφαρμόζεται οποτεδήποτε θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σήματα του Wikimedia. Η [[#policy-howtouse|Παράγραφος 2]] της Πολιτικής εφαρμόζεται σε όλες τις περιπτώσεις χρησιμοποίησης των σημάτων. Άλλες παράγραφοι εφαρμόζονται μόνο σε περιπτώσεις χρησιμοποίησης που [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|δεν απαιτούν διαφορετική άδεια]], [[#policy-specialpermission|απαιτούν εμπορική (trademark) άδεια]], ή περιπτώσεις [[#policy-wmorgs|χρησιμοποίησης υπό όρους]] σχετικές με κεφάλαια, οργανισμούς και ομάδες χρηστών που δεν αναγνωρίζονται από το Ίδρυμα του Wikimedia. Εάν κάποιος όρος της δικής σας εμπορικής άδειας δεν συνάδει με την παρούσα Πολιτική, οφείλετε να ακολουθήσετε τους όρους της.
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.3 &quot;Εμείς&quot; ή αλλιώς το &quot;Ίδρυμα του Wikimedia&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
Αυτή η Πολιτική ρυθμίζει τη χρησιμοποίηση των σημάτων από πλευράς του Ιδρύματος του Wikimedia. Ενίοτε η παρούσα πολιτική αναφέρεται στο Ίδρυμα Wikimedia ως &quot;εμείς&quot;.
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.4 &quot;Εσείς&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
Αυτή η Πολιτική έχει εφαρμογή σε &quot;εσάς&quot; σε περίπτωση που πρόκειται να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σήματα του Wikimedia και επεξηγεί το πως μπορείτε να τα χρησιμοποιήσετε. Το &quot;εσείς&quot; μπορεί να αναφέρεται σε συγκεκριμένο μέλος της κοινότητας, κεφάλαιο (chapter) οργανισμός ή ομάδα χρηστών. Ακόμη μπορεί να αναφέρεται σε κάποιο μη συσχετιζόμενο άτομο ή οργανισμό.
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}1.4.1 Μέλη της κοινότητας ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}1.4.3 Άλλοι οργανισμοί ή ιδιώτες ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>sj9ce19zgvb1namtuddl8ye1sqpuyy6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/eu</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>89671</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592642</id>
      <parentid>555530</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592642</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="44943" sha1="a02c3ebrghfqa6pplt8qvdrl3qu5j6s" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Marken politika'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Politikaren esparrua
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Nola erabili markak
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. Erabilera librea
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. Erabili baimenarekin
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Erabilera debekatua
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Urraketen berri eman
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Berrikuspenak eta itzulpenak
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Asmoa
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.4 &quot;Zu&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>a02c3ebrghfqa6pplt8qvdrl3qu5j6s</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/mk</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>91858</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592644</id>
      <parentid>555542</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592644</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45432" sha1="jj3ux4l3f1m22t1ednnjmdo48lqzcoj" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Правила за заштитните знаци'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Делокург на правилата
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>jj3ux4l3f1m22t1ednnjmdo48lqzcoj</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/ml</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>91871</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592645</id>
      <parentid>555543</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592645</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45380" sha1="n80lp3dldkv1uj55fkmedh2do3so26a" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''വ്യാപാരമുദ്രാനയം'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. നയത്തിന്റെ ഉദ്ദേശം
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. മുദ്രകള്‍ എങ്ങനെ ഉപയോഗിക്കണം
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. സ്വതന്ത്രാനുമതി
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. അനുവാദത്തോടെയുള്ള ഉപയോഗം
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. നിയന്ത്രതമായ ഉപയോഗം
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. ലംഘനങ്ങളുടെ അറിയിപ്പ്
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. തിരുത്തലും വിവര്‍ത്തനങ്ങളും
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. ഉദ്ദേശം
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''[[#trademark-purpose|നയത്തിന്റെ ഉദ്ദേശത്തെക്കുറിച്ച് കൂടുതല്‍ വായിക്കുക]]'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>n80lp3dldkv1uj55fkmedh2do3so26a</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/so</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>93154</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592647</id>
      <parentid>555554</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:34:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592647</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45010" sha1="7mc0iea670tu30jdtilsn2eoxz1z3g3" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Xeerka astaamaha ganacsiga'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Fursadda xeerka
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Hab adeegsiga astaamaha
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. Adeegsi la ogolyahay
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. Ku adeegso oggolaasho
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Adeegsiga reeban
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Gaarsiinta xadgudubyada
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Dayactir iyo turjumaad
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Ujeedo
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>7mc0iea670tu30jdtilsn2eoxz1z3g3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/sr</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>93273</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592648</id>
      <parentid>555555</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:34:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592648</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45066" sha1="t6o1zeh6teqq26rds5i1qr7tgymw2mt" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Правила коришћења заштитног знака'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. Делокруг правила
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. Како користи ове знакове
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. Слободно коришћење
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. Коришћење уз одобрење
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. Забрањено коришћење
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. Пријава кршења
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. Измене и преводи
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. Сврха
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]1. На шта се ова правила односе? ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}1.1 „Викимедијини знаци” ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.2 „Употреба” Викимедијиних знакова ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>t6o1zeh6teqq26rds5i1qr7tgymw2mt</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/th</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>93374</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592649</id>
      <parentid>555558</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:34:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592649</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45480" sha1="6qpprazt1kffdv8kyoyh8f5ugr179k4" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Trademark policy'''&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1. Scope of policy&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = 6. แจ้งการละเมิด
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]6 การใช้เครื่องหมายการค้าในทางที่ผิด ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6qpprazt1kffdv8kyoyh8f5ugr179k4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/ug-arab</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>93918</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592650</id>
      <parentid>555560</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:34:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592650</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45077" sha1="e4welhwpv4mn7exc3hb0gf5gn213jq7" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''ماركا سىياسىتى'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = 1. سىياسەت دائىرىسى
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = 2. ماركىنى قانداق ئىشلىتىمەن
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = 3. ھەقسىز ئىشلىتىش
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = 4. ئىجازەتلىك ئىشلىتىش
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = 5. ئىشلىتىش چەكلەنگەن
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = 7. نەشرىلىرى ۋە تەرجىمىلىرى
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = 8. مەقسەت
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}1.1 «ۋىكىمېدىيا ماركىلىرى» ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.2 ۋىكىمېدىيا ماركىلىرىنىڭ «ئىشلىتىلىشى» ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== 1.4 &quot;سىز&quot; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>e4welhwpv4mn7exc3hb0gf5gn213jq7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/ne</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>138190</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592646</id>
      <parentid>555544</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592646</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45290" sha1="borbu0wdxt9h7lk9isiybsuk0xnm017" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''ट्रेडमार्क नीति'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = १. नीतिको दायरा
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = २. चिन्हहरू कसरी प्रयोग गर्ने
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = ३. निःशुल्क प्रयोग
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = ४. अनुमति लिएर प्रयोग गर्नुहोस्
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = ५. निषेधित प्रयोग
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = ६. उल्लङ्घनको रिपोर्ट गर्नुहोस्
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = ७. अवलोकन र अनुवाद
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = ८. उद्देश्य
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Wikimedia marks]] represent free educational content developed through an open and collaborative process. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Trademark protection]] reinforces the connection between the Wikimedia marks and the projects they represent. The protection serves to ensure that the marks are only used for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]५. निषेधित प्रयोगहरू ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>borbu0wdxt9h7lk9isiybsuk0xnm017</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:About/ko</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>177849</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592662</id>
      <parentid>592109</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592662</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3568" sha1="eegioznfzszmrawuhc1xtvs8mz86xkl" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
2021년 10월, 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트 위키의 모든 등록된 계정은 이 위키의 대화 및 사용자 페이지에 편집 접근 권한을 얻었고, 이 위키의 콘텐츠를 영어가 아닌 다른 언어로 번역할 수 있도록 지원할 수 있게 되었습니다.

일반 콘텐츠 페이지에서 편집은 승인된 편집자 계정에만 제한됩니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrator]]는 이전에 다양한 재단 직원과 비재단 자원 봉사자를 포함했습니다. [[{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} 2013년 5월부터]] 이 사이트에서는 재단 이사회와 직원만 관리자가 될 수 있습니다 (특정 경우에는 비재단 직원에 대한 임시 관리가 가능할 수 있지만).&lt;/span&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]]도 이 위키에 대한 관리자 권한을 가지고 있습니다.
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Core_administrators_team&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 핵심 관리자 팀 ===

{{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}부터, 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 운영과 유지보수에 주로 책임지는 관리자의 핵심 팀은 다음과 같습니다.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>eegioznfzszmrawuhc1xtvs8mz86xkl</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592663</id>
      <parentid>592662</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592663</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3611" sha1="o7bqyjhv2hxpohp9zg5f6w5yyvu3bww" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
2021년 10월, 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트 위키의 모든 등록된 계정은 이 위키의 대화 및 사용자 페이지에 편집 접근 권한을 얻었고, 이 위키의 콘텐츠를 영어가 아닌 다른 언어로 번역할 수 있도록 지원할 수 있게 되었습니다.

일반 콘텐츠 페이지에서 편집은 승인된 편집자 계정에만 제한됩니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrator]]는 이전에 다양한 재단 직원과 비재단 자원 봉사자를 포함했습니다. [[{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} 2013년 5월부터]] 이 사이트에서는 재단 이사회와 직원만 관리자가 될 수 있습니다 (특정 경우에는 비재단 직원에 대한 임시 관리가 가능할 수 있지만).&lt;/span&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]]도 이 위키에 대한 관리자 권한을 가지고 있습니다.
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Core_administrators_team&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 핵심 관리자 팀 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>o7bqyjhv2hxpohp9zg5f6w5yyvu3bww</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592664</id>
      <parentid>592663</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592664</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3627" sha1="8ytoflctzugvxexhpe10dd8ehvb5tj6" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
2021년 10월, 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트 위키의 모든 등록된 계정은 이 위키의 대화 및 사용자 페이지에 편집 접근 권한을 얻었고, 이 위키의 콘텐츠를 영어가 아닌 다른 언어로 번역할 수 있도록 지원할 수 있게 되었습니다.

일반 콘텐츠 페이지에서 편집은 승인된 편집자 계정에만 제한됩니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrator]]는 이전에 다양한 재단 직원과 비재단 자원 봉사자를 포함했습니다. [[{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} 2013년 5월부터]] 이 사이트에서는 재단 이사회와 직원만 관리자가 될 수 있습니다 (특정 경우에는 비재단 직원에 대한 임시 관리가 가능할 수 있지만).&lt;/span&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]]도 이 위키에 대한 관리자 권한을 가지고 있습니다.
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>8ytoflctzugvxexhpe10dd8ehvb5tj6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592665</id>
      <parentid>592664</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592665</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3660" sha1="kppiz40s6re4swqlz3arlpiqd9n0fe3" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
2021년 10월, 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트 위키의 모든 등록된 계정은 이 위키의 대화 및 사용자 페이지에 편집 접근 권한을 얻었고, 이 위키의 콘텐츠를 영어가 아닌 다른 언어로 번역할 수 있도록 지원할 수 있게 되었습니다.

일반 콘텐츠 페이지에서 편집은 승인된 편집자 계정에만 제한됩니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrator]]는 이전에 다양한 재단 직원과 비재단 자원 봉사자를 포함했습니다. [[{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} 2013년 5월부터]] 이 사이트에서는 재단 이사회와 직원만 관리자가 될 수 있습니다 (특정 경우에는 비재단 직원에 대한 임시 관리가 가능할 수 있지만).&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>kppiz40s6re4swqlz3arlpiqd9n0fe3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592666</id>
      <parentid>592665</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592666</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3730" sha1="heqv0dezkb732z8gibahp2fj3kje7ae" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
2021년 10월, 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트 위키의 모든 등록된 계정은 이 위키의 대화 및 사용자 페이지에 편집 접근 권한을 얻었고, 이 위키의 콘텐츠를 영어가 아닌 다른 언어로 번역할 수 있도록 지원할 수 있게 되었습니다.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>heqv0dezkb732z8gibahp2fj3kje7ae</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592667</id>
      <parentid>592666</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592667</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3719" sha1="mgh34vsxe0hibgaiiky5gjuhyhhzij0" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

[[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation 직원 및 계약자]]는 주로 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] 및 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] 부서 내에서 관리합니다.

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>mgh34vsxe0hibgaiiky5gjuhyhhzij0</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592668</id>
      <parentid>592667</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592668</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3784" sha1="icd2jyydr18pjkwy0qqmjmix33ue0my" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

이 위키는 편집을 위해 '모두에게 열려 있지 않기' 때문에 다른 위키미디어 프로젝트와 정확히 동일한 규칙을 따르지 않으며 의견 불일치가 있는 경우 결정 메커니즘은 위키미디어 재단 직원 또는 이사회에서 처리한다.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It is managed by [[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors]], primarily within the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] departments.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>icd2jyydr18pjkwy0qqmjmix33ue0my</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592669</id>
      <parentid>592668</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592669</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3813" sha1="gfxhweqnjlmui82dyao1xev05qzm9cp" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki does not exactly follow the same rules as the other Wikimedia projects, since it is ''not open to all'' for editing, and in case of disagreement, the mechanism for making decisions will be handled by the Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board of Trustees.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It is managed by [[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors]], primarily within the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] departments.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|등록 계정]]이 있는 사람은 누구나 핵심 관리자 팀이 정기적으로 모니터링하는 이 위키의 [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel 공지판]]에 게시할 수 있습니다. {{tl|Edit request}} 템플릿을 사용하여 특정 페이지에서 편집을 요청할 수도 있습니다. 필요한 경우 {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}} 이메일 주소를 통해 위키의 조정 위키미디어 재단 부서인 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]]에 문의할 수 있습니다.

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>gfxhweqnjlmui82dyao1xev05qzm9cp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592670</id>
      <parentid>592669</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592670</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3804" sha1="6sjt0ionqxs6auzln1oadcr06ueglzm" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki does not exactly follow the same rules as the other Wikimedia projects, since it is ''not open to all'' for editing, and in case of disagreement, the mechanism for making decisions will be handled by the Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board of Trustees.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It is managed by [[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors]], primarily within the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] departments.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered account]] can post on this wiki's [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel noticeboard]], which is regularly monitored by the core administrators team. You can also use the {{tl|Edit request}} template to make a request for an edit on a specific page. If needed, you can contact the wiki's coordinating Wikimedia Foundation department, [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]], via email: {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}
&lt;/div&gt;

위키미디어 재단 직원들은 내부 {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack 채널을 통해 핵심 관리자 팀과 연락할 수 있습니다.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>6sjt0ionqxs6auzln1oadcr06ueglzm</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592671</id>
      <parentid>592670</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592671</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3842" sha1="7mo9jbjiscr3a3s4i7nnp9jh9jmlw3s" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
; 위키미디어 재단 정부 위키에 오신 것을 환영합니다. 위키미디디어 재단과 관련 기관들은 여러 종류의 정부 및 정책 관련 자료를 대중에게 공개합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki does not exactly follow the same rules as the other Wikimedia projects, since it is ''not open to all'' for editing, and in case of disagreement, the mechanism for making decisions will be handled by the Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board of Trustees.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It is managed by [[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors]], primarily within the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] departments.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered account]] can post on this wiki's [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel noticeboard]], which is regularly monitored by the core administrators team. You can also use the {{tl|Edit request}} template to make a request for an edit on a specific page. If needed, you can contact the wiki's coordinating Wikimedia Foundation department, [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]], via email: {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation staff can contact the core administrators team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>7mo9jbjiscr3a3s4i7nnp9jh9jmlw3s</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592672</id>
      <parentid>592671</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592672</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3893" sha1="nnnqkllt2vv487rtn7seahr9swwunfx" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
; Welcome to the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki, where the Wikimedia Foundation and its related entities make available to the public multiple types of governance and policy related materials.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Welcome&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 환영합니다 ==

; 여기에 와주셔서 감사합니다!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki does not exactly follow the same rules as the other Wikimedia projects, since it is ''not open to all'' for editing, and in case of disagreement, the mechanism for making decisions will be handled by the Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board of Trustees.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It is managed by [[foundationsite:role/staff-contractors/|Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors]], primarily within the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Legal|Legal]] departments.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} ==

{{main|Wikimedia:Scope}}
{{:Wikimedia:Scope}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Accounts_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 계정 ==
{{Register account button}}
{{main|Wikimedia:Accounts policy}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In October 2021, all registered accounts on other Wikimedia project wikis got edit access to the talk and user pages of this wiki and became able to support translation of this wiki's content into languages other than English.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Editing on regular content pages is restricted to approved editor accounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators_on_this_wiki&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 이 위키의 관리자 ==
&lt;span class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:Listadmins|Administrators]] previously included a variety of Foundation staff and non-Foundation volunteers. [{{fullurl:User talk:Gyoung|diff=91857&amp;oldid=91855}} From May 2013], only Foundation board and staff members may be administrators on this site (though temporary adminship for non-Foundation personnel may be possible in certain cases).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] and [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|global sysops]] also have administrator rights on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|core}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Core administrators team ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|1=2024|2=05|3=06}}, the core team of administrators primarily responsible for operations and maintenance of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]] - 프로젝트 리드
* [[User:Martin Urbanec (WMF)]]
* [[User:MLee (WMF)]]
* [[User:MMoss (WMF)]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Contacting the core administrators team ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered account]] can post on this wiki's [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel noticeboard]], which is regularly monitored by the core administrators team. You can also use the {{tl|Edit request}} template to make a request for an edit on a specific page. If needed, you can contact the wiki's coordinating Wikimedia Foundation department, [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]], via email: {{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation staff can contact the core administrators team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki|메타위키에서의 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키 문서]]
[[Category:Main{{#translation:}}| ]]</text>
      <sha1>nnnqkllt2vv487rtn7seahr9swwunfx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/kea</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>189852</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592643</id>
      <parentid>563186</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T13:33:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>592643</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="45374" sha1="nbuhaqommlgw8up9zq5qxa2pxxjfr0d" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-board|nosidebar=true}}
&lt;div class =&quot;nomobile&quot;&gt;
{{:Policy:Trademark policy/Summary}}&lt;/div&gt;
{{clear}}

&lt;div class=&quot;plainlinks&quot;&gt;
{{anchor|policy}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-section trademark-policy-section&quot;&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-content-right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;trademark-section-heading&quot;&gt;'''Pulítika di Markas Kumersial'''&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/Navigation
| image1 = File:TM license.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text1 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1. Scope of policy&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink1 = #trademark-scope
| image2 = File:How to use icon.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text2 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2. How to use the marks&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink2 = #trademark-how
| image3 = File:Allowed.svg
| text3 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3. Free use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink3 = #trademark-allowed
| image4 = File:Orange question.svg
| text4 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4. Use with permission&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink4 = #policy-specialpermission
| image5 = File:Not allowed.svg
| text5 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5. Prohibited use&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink5 = #trademark-prohibited
| image6 = File:Abuse.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text6 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6. Report violations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink6 = #trademark-violation
| image7 = File:Revision of policy.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text7 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7. Revisions and translations&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink7 = #trademark-revision
| image8 = File:Black and white compass.svg{{!}}class=skin-invert-image
| text8 = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;8. Purpose&lt;/span&gt;
| wikilink8 = #trademark-purpose
| image9 = File:Trademark License FAQ.svg
| text9 = {{int string|faq}}
| wikilink9 = #trademark-faq
}}
&lt;div class=&quot;trademark-policy-introduction&quot;&gt;

[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia official marks|Markas di Uikimídia]] ta raprizenta kuntiúdu idukativu libri dizanvolvidu na un pursésu abértu i kulaburativu. [[#FAQ-tmprotection|Purteson di marka rajistadu]] ta raforsa kuneson entri markas di Uikimídia i prujétus ki es ta raprizenta. Es purteson ta sirbi pa sugura ki tudu marka ta ser uzadu so pa prumuson di nos [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mison]].

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When readers see the [[:File:Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg|puzzle globe mark]] in the top left corner of a website that looks like Wikipedia, they should be confident that they are looking at neutral, notable, and high-quality content that is the result of the rigorous and transparent editing process on Wikipedia. Likewise, people should be able to rely on their impression of Wikimedia involvement when they see the [[:File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|Foundation mark]] or one of the Wikimedia logos on websites or products.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goodwill supporting the Wikimedia marks has been generated by a prolific and passionate volunteer community. The Wikimedia community has developed the leading online source of free educational content. To preserve the goodwill they have created, we have prepared this policy according to the community's direction. The resulting policy ensures that all uses of the marks are consistent with our mission and promote the Wikimedia movement.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Our mission of sharing knowledge relies on and encourages free speech. To make it really easy to share knowledge, this trademark policy embraces [[#why-use-purpose|all free-speech protections built into trademark law]] to the broadest extent possible. The trademark policy also seeks to minimize the hurdles of trademark licensing. We are particularly liberal in approving uses by the Wikimedia community that are closely aligned with our mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To further make it easier for community members to use the marks, this policy introduces some creative trademark solutions. It allows community members to use the Wikimedia marks without a trademark license for Wikimedia community-focused events and outreach work. The policy further introduces a &quot;[[#QuickLicense|Quick License]]&quot; for other common uses that community members can quickly fill out and email to us. It is really [[:wikt:wikiwiki|wikiwiki]]!
&lt;/div&gt;

'''&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[#trademark-purpose|Read more about the purpose of our trademark policy here.]]&lt;/span&gt;'''

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/introduction--&gt;

== {{anchor|policy-applyto}}{{anchor|trademark-scope}}[[File:TM license.svg|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1 What does this policy apply to?&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-wikimediamarks}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.1 The &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This policy applies to all trademarks of the Wikimedia Foundation. The trademarks are both registered and unregistered trademarks, including [[#FAQ-nonstylizedwordmark|non-stylized wordmarks]] and the [[#FAQ-tradedress|trade dress]] of each Wikimedia site. See also a [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia trademarks|non-exhaustive list of our trademarks]]. In this policy, we refer to them as the &quot;Wikimedia marks&quot; or just &quot;marks.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-policyapplies
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.2 &quot;Use&quot; of the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies whenever you want to use the Wikimedia marks. [[#policy-howtouse|Section 2]] of this policy applies to all uses of the marks. Other sections apply only to uses that [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|do not require separate permission]], uses that [[#policy-specialpermission|require a trademark license]], or uses [[#policy-wmorgs|under agreements]] held by chapters, thematic organizations, and user groups that are recognized by the Wikimedia Foundation. If some term in your trademark license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow the license terms.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.3 &quot;We&quot; or the &quot;Wikimedia Foundation&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy regulates the use of marks held by the Wikimedia Foundation. Sometimes, this policy simply refers to the Wikimedia Foundation as &quot;we.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4 &quot;You&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This Policy applies to &quot;you&quot; if you want to use the Wikimedia marks and explains how you may use them. You may be a Wikimedia community member, chapter, thematic organization, or user group. You may also be an unrelated individual or organization.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/End and includes all subsections--&gt;
==== {{Anchor|policy-communitymembers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.1 Community members&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia community includes everyone who contributes to a Wikimedia site in furtherance of our mission. It also includes members and staff of chapters, thematic organizations, user groups, and the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Wikimedia community share a common [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]] of creating and distributing free educational content. They are the core of the [[:m:Wikimedia movement|Wikimedia movement]]. Accordingly, community members may freely use the [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]]. They are also [[#policy-onwmsites|free to use all Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites]] and for [[#policy-communityfocused|Wikimedia community-focused events]], as well as [[#policy-outreach|outreach work]] without obtaining a trademark license. Community members can also easily fill out a [[#QuickLicense|Quick License]] for certain other community uses, such as Wikimedia photo events. We generally give priority to community requests for uses that [[#policy-domains|require an ordinary trademark license]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitymember
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-wmorgs}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.2 Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Chapters, user groups, and thematic organizations recognized by Wikimedia Foundation are called &quot;movement organizations&quot;. They are independent from the Wikimedia Foundation and support and promote the Wikimedia sites. These groups enter into agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation, which allow them to use certain Wikimedia marks. Any use should primarily further Wikimedia's [[Mission statement|mission]]. To use the marks beyond the specified scope of its agreement, an organization can ask for a separate trademark license or simply comply with this policy when the use does not require a license. An organization can, of course, always select its own names, logos, and domain names. It does not have to use our marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-moveorgsfreely
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-others}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.4.3 Other organizations or individuals&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia sites are so well known that authors and script writers frequently want to portray them in books and movies. Similarly, other companies may want to reuse content from Wikimedia sites in web or mobile applications. In doing so, these individuals and companies may want to display our marks in movies, books, apps, or other media.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As long as users are not confused about the source of those works, this type of use can promote the Wikimedia sites and mission by expanding the reach of free knowledge and potentially recruiting new Wikimedia community members. But it is important that the Wikimedia marks are not misleadingly used to market others' products because that will confuse Wikimedia users. We therefore have to be careful when licensing the marks for these purposes. For example, when licensing the marks to an organization that has its own logo, we need to make sure that it does not display any Wikimedia mark more prominently than its own logo or name. It is helpful to always have a proper separation between the organization's name and logo and any Wikimedia mark. Users should clearly see that the organization's products or services are provided by that other organization rather than the Wikimedia Foundation. Such use is never allowed without a trademark license.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!--this goes with Trademark/Section/Start--&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;1.5 &quot;Mission&quot;&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia marks should be used only for activities that promote our [[Special:MyLanguage/Mission statement|mission]], which is to &quot;empower and engage people around the world to collect and develop educational content under a free license or in the public domain, and to disseminate it effectively and globally.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-howtouse}}{{Anchor|trademark-how}}[[File:How to use icon.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2 How to use the Wikimedia marks&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] whenever you use the marks whether [[#policy-specialpermission|with]] or [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|without]] a trademark license. Whenever you use the Wikimedia marks, please note the following:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-properform}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.1 Proper form&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the wordmarks as a proper name (e.g., &quot;Wikidata is great&quot;) or as an adjective (e.g., &quot;the Wikimedia sites are awesome&quot;). This includes any of the [[:m:Wikipedia/Versions|official translations and transliterations]] of the Wikimedia marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On the Wikimedia sites, you may use the marks in any form. You may create [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remixes]] of the wordmarks and logos, abbreviate them, and add to them.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Outside the Wikimedia sites, you may only use Wikimedia wordmarks in their full form and properly capitalized (e.g., &quot;Wikibooks&quot;). The logos should not be modified without separate permission from the Wikimedia Foundation. We need to make sure that the logos remain distinctive from other marks.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-smallerlogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-noticesymbol}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;2.2 Notice or trademark symbol&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reasonable, please include this notice when you use a mark outside the Wikimedia sites:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
&quot;[Wikimedia Wordmark / name of logo as listed [[Wikimedia official marks|here]]] is a trademark of the Wikimedia Foundation and is used with the permission of the Wikimedia Foundation. We are not endorsed by or affiliated with the Wikimedia Foundation.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The notice should appear near the first use of a Wikimedia mark. One notice is enough if you display multiple marks, provided the notice refers to all of them. You do not need to display this notice if you are using the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the mark will primarily appear on a mobile screen or another medium with limited visual space, you may instead use a trademark symbol (™) with the mark to show that it is a Wikimedia trademark. For size and location of the trademark symbol, please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. When you use a symbol due to limited space and there are additional pages to your material, please include the notice in the text of a prominent page (e.g., most mobile apps have an &quot;about us&quot; section and may display terms during installation).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Regardless of whether you use a notice or a trademark symbol to identify your use of Wikimedia marks, please make sure that your use does not suggest endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-wheretmnotice
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-whenuseinstantly}}{{anchor|trademark-allowed}}[[File:Allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3 When you may use the Wikimedia marks without asking us&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-onwmsites}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.1 Use of trademarks on the Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use and [[:c:Category:SVG MediaWiki logos|remix]] the Wikimedia marks on the Wikimedia sites as you please.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-withoutpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communityfocused}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.2 Community-focused events&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the trademarks for events that promote our mission and are intended to be predominantly attended by Wikimedia community members. These are events like hackathons, editor meetups, photographer excursions, and [[:de:Wikipedia:WikiCon|WikiCons]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For example, you can put the Wikipedia puzzle globe logo on banners and posters at an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon}}|edit-a-thon]] you have organized.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
[[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|GLAM]] initiatives and photo contests require a Quick License under [[#QuickLicense|Section 4.1]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-notcommunityfocused
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-outreach}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.3 Outreach and recruiting new contributors&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks consistent with our mission to educate people about the Wikimedia sites and to recruit new contributors, as long as you make it clear that you do not work for the Wikimedia Foundation. You can create educational material or banners to decorate a public fair stand or to publicize an [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:How to run an edit-a-thon }}|edit-a-thon]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This provision does not allow you to use the marks for fundraising.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-outreachexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-communitylogo}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.4 Community logo use&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The [[:File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|Wikimedia Community logo]] can be used freely. But you may not file trademark applications incorporating the logo. The Wikimedia community wants to ensure that the logo remains available for all to use.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-communitylogo
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-fairuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.5 Discussing something other than Wikimedia sites (fair use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wordmarks can sometimes have a primary meaning, in addition to representing a brand (like the words &quot;[[:wikt:apple|apple]]&quot; or &quot;[[:wikt:facebook|facebook]]&quot;). Our wordmarks were not real words before our projects were created. But we will interpret fair use broadly to include the use of our wordmarks when you clearly mean to talk about something other than the Wikimedia sites.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fairuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-nominativeuse}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6 Refer to Wikimedia sites (nominative use)&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}&lt;!-- this includes all subsections --&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the non-stylized wordmarks (e.g., &quot;Wikipedia&quot;) to describe:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A Wikimedia site or another aspect of the Wikimedia movement in a text (e.g., &quot;I love reading about [[{{lwp|Coal ball}}| coal balls]] on Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A derivative work of Wikimedia content in a way that is not misleading (e.g., &quot;the encyclopedic content on this site is derived from Wikipedia&quot;).&lt;/span&gt;

{{Anchor|policy-linkstous}}&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use all Wikimedia marks on your own website as a hyperlink to the Wikimedia sites. The use of logos in hyperlinks should follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]] (e.g., the marks may be resized, but not modified in any other way).
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-nominativeuseexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Here are some other specific cases of nominative use:
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-news}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.1 News reporting&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in news reports and commentary.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logonewsarticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-blogssm}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.2 Personal blogs and social media&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the Wikimedia marks to make or illustrate truthful statements about the Wikimedia sites in personal blogs and social media. But please do not do it to imply endorsement by or affiliation with the Wikimedia Foundation. To avoid confusion, do not use the Wikimedia logos in the background, as your profile image, or in the header of your blog, in the name of your blog, or in your social media username. This section is not meant to restrict your use of the Community logo under [[#policy-communitylogo|Section 3.4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-logoblogssm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-noncommercial}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.6.3 Artistic, scientific, literary, political, and other non-commercial uses&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You can use the Wikimedia marks to discuss the Wikimedia sites in artistic, scientific, literary, and political works.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
But please send us a request if you want to place a Wikimedia mark on the cover of your book, display a Wikimedia mark in a movie, or organize an event or presentation that could be interpreted to be endorsed by the Wikimedia Foundation. For more information, please see [[#policy-specialpermission|Section 4]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in satire or jokes. To avoid confusing users that your work is affiliated with the Wikimedia sites, it may be helpful to mark your work as &quot;satire&quot; or &quot;parody.&quot;
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-noncommercialexamples
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}&lt;!-- this terminates all subsections --&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-owngoods}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;3.7 Make your own branded stuff&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may create things with the marks for your own use. These can be [[:c:Category:Wikipedia T-shirts|t-shirts]], caps, desktop wallpapers, lanyards and even [[:c:Category:Wikipedia cakes|cakes]]! But please do not sell them, and make sure that your design follows the [[Special:MyLanguage/Visual identity guidelines|Visual Identity Guidelines]]. If you want to sell your branded stuff, you may request a license under [[#policy-commercialmerch|Section 4.6]].
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-personalmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|policy-specialpermission}}[[File:Orange question.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4 Special uses that require permission&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All uses that are not allowed under [[#policy-whenuseinstantly|Section 3]] or prohibited by [[#policy-mirrors|Section 5]] of this policy require a trademark license. This section discusses only the most common uses that require a license.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use our marks under a trademark license, you need to comply with its terms as well as with this trademark policy. If some term in your license is inconsistent with this policy, you should follow that license term. Movement organizations will only need a separate license when the use is not already authorized by their organizational agreements with the Wikimedia Foundation or this policy.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|QuickLicense}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1 Quick License for special community uses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
A Quick License is a simple trademark license for common community uses, like Wiki Loves Monuments and GLAM-Wiki initiatives. It is [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|available on Meta-Wiki]]. You can start using the marks as stated in the Quick License as soon as you email a filled-in Quick License to [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org]. There is no need to wait for approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-specialpermission
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-photocontests}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.1 Photo contests&lt;/span&gt; ====

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Photo contests allow people to submit freely licensed original photographs to Wikimedia Commons to compete for the best image. You can obtain a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] for flyers, posters, slide presentations, websites, and social media for a photo contest. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers photo contests.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-contests
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Line}}

==== {{Anchor|policy-glam}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.1.2 GLAM-Wiki initiatives&lt;/span&gt; ====
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use the marks in a collaboration with someone outside of the Wikimedia movement with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark/License/GLAM|Quick License]]. This license applies to [[outreach:Special:MyLanguage/GLAM|collaborations with parks, museums, libraries, and other cultural institutions]] to share their information with the world through the Wikimedia sites. If you are a [[#policy-wmorgs|movement organization]], you may already have an agreement that covers GLAM-Wiki initiatives.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Some GLAM initiatives include [[{{lwp|Wikipedia:GLAM/BM/Wikipedian in Residence}}|Wikipedians in Residence]] – Wikipedia contributors who work with a specific GLAM to develop the organization's relationship with Wikipedia. Please use a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trademark policy/Quick License|Quick License]] to represent yourself as a Wikipedian in Residence on online professional profiles, your personal blog, and social media, as long as your work is consistent with the mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-4qrcodes
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-domains}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.2 Domain names&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need permission to register or use a domain name that contains a Wikimedia mark in it. Do not register a domain that looks or sounds similar to a Wikimedia mark or includes a misspelled Wikimedia mark, because that can confuse Wikimedia users.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-cybersquatting
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-events}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.3 Events and conferences&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you plan to host a public event or a conference that uses a Wikimedia mark.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in an event.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is hosting, sponsoring, or coordinating the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the person organizing the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Is the event organized for community members?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the topic of the event?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The location, date, and duration of the event.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include handouts, examples, mockups, or other descriptions of the proposed use.&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will apply only to the specific event in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to host another event.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publicevent
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-publications}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.4 Publications&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license if you want to use a Wikimedia mark in a publication, unless your use qualifies as [[#policy-fairuse|fair]] or [[#policy-nominativeuse|nominative use]] under U.S. trademark law or other applicable foreign laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a publication.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Who is the author, editor, and publisher of the publication?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For fiction, what is the storyline?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How do you want to use and discuss the mark?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include screenshots of the pages in your publication that includes or discusses the mark. (For a book, where in the book will the mark appear?)&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your publication will display a screenshot of a Wikimedia site, please include that as well.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Will the publication be in hard copy, an e-book, or some other type of medium?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the print run and distribution area for the publication? How many editions will it have?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific publication in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to make another publication.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-publications
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-moviestv}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.5 Movies &amp; TV shows&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You need a trademark license to use the Wikipedia logo in a movie, TV show episode, or online production.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Hidden
| bg1 = #f1f1fd
| header = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You should include the following information when requesting a license to use our marks in a movie or TV show episode.&lt;/span&gt;
| content =
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;What is the proposed title of the movie or TV show episode?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact information (and Wikimedia username if relevant) for the applicant.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The names of the screenwriter, director, producer, distributor, actors, and any interviewees (for documentaries).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will the Wikimedia mark be displayed or discussed? Include a screenshot of any Wikimedia site that you want to show.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Include a script and any footage that has already been created. Unless discussed in the script, specify the location of the film and whether it will advertise a product in conjunction with the use of Wikimedia marks.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Where, when, and how will the movie be distributed?&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;How will it be advertised? Do you intend to display the Wikimedia marks on the advertisement?&lt;/span&gt;
}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you obtain a trademark license, it will only apply to the specific film, TV show episode, or online production in your request. You will need to apply for a new license if you want to shoot another film or TV show episode.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-schoolfilm
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-commercialmerch}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;4.6 Commercial merchandise&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may make merchandise with the Wikimedia trademarks for commercial use, if:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You obtain a [[:m:Trademark/Request a license form|trademark license]] from the Wikimedia Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You follow our Visual Identity Guidelines; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You truthfully advertise to customers how much of the selling price, if any, will be donated to Wikimedia sites.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-commercialmerch
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-prohibited}}{{anchor|trademark-prohibited}}[[File:Not allowed.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5 Prohibited uses&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-mirrors}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.1. Misleading mirrors and mimicking sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not create a website that mimics the &quot;look and feel&quot; of a Wikimedia site. This especially applies to imitated Wikipedia articles. If you have a good reason to create a mimicking site, please contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You do not need to contact us if you just want to use the [[:mw:MediaWiki|MediaWiki software]] to create a wiki or if your mimicking site is clearly a [[#policy-noncommercial|parody]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you create a mirror, make sure to comply with the relevant licenses for the content. Avoid copying links to Wikimedia policies and contact details. Please do not use the Wikimedia marks in a mirror of a Wikimedia site.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-fakearticle
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-linkstoothers}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.2 Linking to non-Wikimedia sites&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
You may use Wikimedia marks to link to Wikimedia sites only. Please refer to [[#policy-linkstous|Links to Wikimedia sites]] if you want to link to a Wikimedia site from your website.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-linkmirror
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-misrepresentation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;5.3 Misrepresentation&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When you use a Wikimedia mark under this policy, please use it to represent only the project for which it stands. Please do not create the impression that your use is in any way endorsed, sponsored by, or is part of the Wikimedia Foundation. This section also applies when you are granted a license to use a mark that does not permit you to suggest such an endorsement.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-misrepresentation
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{Anchor|trademark-violation}}[[File:Abuse.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6 Trademark Misuse&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-reporting}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.1 Reporting misuse&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Fighting trademark misuse is very important. We put a [[#FAQ-reportingabuse|lot of effort]] into going after cases of trademark infringement because we want to protect the valuable trademark rights the community has created. If you see a mark being used in any way that could be infringing, please tell us! Just send an email to &lt;code&gt;[mailto:legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org legal-tm-vio@wikimedia.org]&lt;/code&gt;. We really appreciate your help!
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-reportingabuse
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}

=== {{Anchor|policy-revokepermission}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;6.2 Revoking permission for misuses&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We may revoke the right to use the Wikimedia marks under this policy at any time by providing notice in any manner if we determine that a trademark use is inconsistent with our mission or could harm community members, movement organizations, or the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End |line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

== {{anchor|policy-revision}}{{anchor|trademark-revision}}[[File:Revision of policy.svg&lt;!--change image--&gt;|45px|class=skin-invert-image nomobile|link=]]&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7 Revision and Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ==

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.1 This trademark policy can be revised as follows:&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We will propose major changes to the community in three languages selected by us. We will give notice of the proposed revision on the Wikimedia sites and in an email to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. The community can then comment for at least 30 days.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For minor changes or changes required by law, when possible we will provide three days' notice to [//lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikimediaannounce-l WikimediaAnnounce-L] or a similar mailing list. Minor changes include language fixes, administrative changes, or corrections of inaccurate statements.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This section does not apply to the user-friendly summary, the FAQs, the purpose statement for the trademark policy, the trademark request form, and the violation reporting form. They are not part of this trademark policy and can always be revised without notice.&lt;/span&gt;

{{Trademark/FAQ/Button
| FAQ link = #FAQ-revision
| FAQ text = {{int|faq}}
| hover text = {{int string|faq}}
}}

{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-translation}}{{Anchor|trademark-translation}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.2 Translation of the trademark policy&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If there are any differences in meaning between the original English version of this trademark policy and a translation, you should follow the original English version.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Trademark/Section/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Title/Start}}
=== {{Anchor|policy-questions}}{{Anchor|trademark-questions}}&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;7.3 Questions&lt;/span&gt; ===
{{Trademark/Section/Title/End}}

{{Trademark/Section/Start}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please do not hesitate to contact us at [mailto:trademarks@wikimedia.org trademarks@wikimedia.org] if you are not sure whether your use is in compliance with this policy or local trademark laws.
&lt;/div&gt;

{{Trademark/Section/End | line = no&lt;!--this prevents the bottom line from showing up on the last section--&gt; }}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--/MAIN PART--&gt;

{{:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Trademark Policy/Purpose}}

{{Policy:Trademark policy/Frequently asked questions}}

&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--this is the end of the plainlinks div--&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Trademark policy{{#translation:}}]]&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>nbuhaqommlgw8up9zq5qxa2pxxjfr0d</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Scope/ko</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>199035</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592654</id>
      <parentid>592126</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592654</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1411" sha1="de12unjaii9vmozbkhsl3rs6alvdfz1" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;이 위키는 위키미디어 재단에서 공개된 여러 가지 관리 및 정책 관련 자료를 제공합니다. 예를 들어:

* 위키미디어 재단 이사회 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
* 위키미디어 재단 공식 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge| 기관 지식 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation| 법적 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies| 조직정책 및 지침]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security| 보안 문서]]
* 공식 위키미디어 기부금 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|정책]]
* 위키미디어 엔터프라이즈 공식 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|일반비용 분담 및 운영협약]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|특정 라이선스 계약]]

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>de12unjaii9vmozbkhsl3rs6alvdfz1</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592656</id>
      <parentid>592654</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592656</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1481" sha1="9524v5fywc9moln5lddp9fmr7dxfu61" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;이 위키는 위키미디어 재단에서 공개된 여러 가지 관리 및 정책 관련 자료를 제공합니다. 예를 들어:

* 위키미디어 재단 이사회 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
* 위키미디어 재단 공식 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge| 기관 지식 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation| 법적 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies| 조직정책 및 지침]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security| 보안 문서]]
* 공식 위키미디어 기부금 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|정책]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>9524v5fywc9moln5lddp9fmr7dxfu61</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592657</id>
      <parentid>592656</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592657</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1551" sha1="ie09ovpfwzea66fafbvnuoomrb9iu1n" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;이 위키는 위키미디어 재단에서 공개된 여러 가지 관리 및 정책 관련 자료를 제공합니다. 예를 들어:

* 위키미디어 재단 이사회 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
* 위키미디어 재단 공식 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge| 기관 지식 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation| 법적 문서]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies| 조직정책 및 지침]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security| 보안 문서]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Endowment documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|Policies]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>ie09ovpfwzea66fafbvnuoomrb9iu1n</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592658</id>
      <parentid>592657</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592658</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1664" sha1="nzm6drdfg76wjgctjercznemouch2vy" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;이 위키는 위키미디어 재단에서 공개된 여러 가지 관리 및 정책 관련 자료를 제공합니다. 예를 들어:

* 위키미디어 재단 이사회 문서:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Foundation documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Legal documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Organization policies and guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security|Security documentation]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Endowment documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|Policies]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>nzm6drdfg76wjgctjercznemouch2vy</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592659</id>
      <parentid>592658</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592659</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1742" sha1="hwqeifv7cxydtm9khcs33155cfqv1th" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;이 위키는 위키미디어 재단에서 공개된 여러 가지 관리 및 정책 관련 자료를 제공합니다. 예를 들어:

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Foundation documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Legal documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Organization policies and guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security|Security documentation]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Endowment documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|Policies]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>hwqeifv7cxydtm9khcs33155cfqv1th</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592660</id>
      <parentid>592659</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592660</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1788" sha1="m43hsr25czm9cvo5zakmdh3s4flkic5" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
이 페이지는 위키미디어 재단 거버넌스 위키의 '''범위'''를 설명하고 있다.

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki makes publicly available multiple governance and policy related materials from the Wikimedia Foundation, such as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Foundation documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Legal documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Organization policies and guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security|Security documentation]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Endowment documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|Policies]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>m43hsr25czm9cvo5zakmdh3s4flkic5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>592661</id>
      <parentid>592660</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>A09</username>
        <id>22487</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>not a translation, created by LTA</comment>
      <origin>592661</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1825" sha1="obni6twavrv1atx62e0d757vofznpu8" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page outlines the '''scope''' for the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Scope}} == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This wiki makes publicly available multiple governance and policy related materials from the Wikimedia Foundation, such as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Minutes]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Foundation documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Legal documentation]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Organization policies and guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Security|Security documentation]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Endowment documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#charters|Charters]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment#policies|Policies]]
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Wikimedia Enterprise documentation, such as:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#general|General cost sharing and operating agreements]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Enterprise#license|Specific license agreements]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
It also stores the [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archives]] of the no longer actively used or maintained Foundation Wiki content.
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>obni6twavrv1atx62e0d757vofznpu8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>User:Ayoberry</title>
    <ns>2</ns>
    <id>199262</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592651</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-28T20:57:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ayoberry</username>
        <id>349921</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */ AYO music and art  star</comment>
      <origin>592651</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="24" sha1="8tfjh8mzbz61ffk2opoa3a6p43iwt48" xml:space="preserve">In case of music and art</text>
      <sha1>8tfjh8mzbz61ffk2opoa3a6p43iwt48</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Category:Wiki policies/ko</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>199264</id>
    <revision>
      <id>592655</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-29T10:10:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Automatically creating translation of category used on [[Wikimedia:Scope/ko]]</comment>
      <origin>592655</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="225" sha1="ptyd655jztagr9000bgfsv3hfxdb6jd" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policies specific to [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]].&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}| Policies]]</text>
      <sha1>ptyd655jztagr9000bgfsv3hfxdb6jd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
</mediawiki>